1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
516 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
523 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
525 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
526 free (alloc_extshndx
);
531 /* Look up a symbol name. */
533 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
539 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
540 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
542 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
543 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
544 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
546 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
547 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
550 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
553 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
554 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
559 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
560 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
563 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
564 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
566 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
568 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
569 signature just a string? */
572 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
575 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
576 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
577 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
579 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
580 that it is a symbol table section. */
581 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
583 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
584 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
585 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
588 /* Go read the symbol. */
589 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
590 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
591 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
594 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
597 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
600 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
602 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
604 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
605 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
608 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
610 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
611 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
612 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
615 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
616 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
617 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
618 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
619 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
621 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
625 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
631 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
637 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
638 so we can find them quickly. */
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
642 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
644 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
645 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
649 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
653 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
656 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
658 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
660 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
663 /* Add to list of sections. */
664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
667 /* Read the raw contents. */
668 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
669 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
670 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
671 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
672 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
674 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
677 /* xgettext:c-format */
678 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
679 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
680 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
686 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
687 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
688 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
690 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
691 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
699 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
700 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
704 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
705 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
706 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
711 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
712 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
713 section group should be marked with
714 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
715 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
717 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
720 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
723 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
731 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
732 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
736 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
742 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
749 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
751 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
754 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
756 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
757 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
760 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
766 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
767 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
769 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
770 /* xgettext:c-format */
771 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
772 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
777 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
779 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
780 section is a member. */
782 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
786 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
787 other members to see if any others are linked via
789 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
790 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
792 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
793 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
794 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
798 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
799 insert current section in circular list. */
800 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
801 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
802 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
808 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
811 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
813 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
814 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
817 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
819 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
820 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
829 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
831 /* xgettext:c-format */
832 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
840 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
843 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
844 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
847 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
848 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
850 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
851 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
853 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
854 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
855 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
856 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 bed
->link_order_error_handler
861 /* xgettext:c-format */
862 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
867 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
869 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
871 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
872 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
876 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
877 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
881 /* xgettext:c-format */
882 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
883 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
887 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
890 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
891 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
894 /* xgettext:c-format */
895 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
896 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
901 /* Process section groups. */
902 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
905 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
907 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
908 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
911 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
912 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
915 /* xgettext:c-format */
916 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
922 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
923 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
929 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
931 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
932 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
933 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
934 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
936 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
938 /* xgettext:c-format */
939 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
942 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
943 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
956 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
958 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
962 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
964 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
965 return elf_group_name (sec
);
970 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
972 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
973 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
974 if (new_name
== NULL
)
978 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
983 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
985 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
986 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
987 if (new_name
== NULL
)
990 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
994 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
998 int16_t major_version
;
999 int16_t minor_version
;
1000 unsigned char slim_object
;
1002 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1006 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1007 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1010 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1018 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1020 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1023 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1024 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1027 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1028 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1029 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1031 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1032 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1033 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1035 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1037 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1038 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1039 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1040 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1042 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1045 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1048 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1049 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1052 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1054 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1057 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1060 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1061 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1062 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1064 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1065 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1066 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1067 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1069 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1071 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1072 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1076 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1077 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1078 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1082 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1084 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1085 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1086 if (name
[0] == '.')
1088 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1089 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1090 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1093 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1099 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1205 bfd_boolean compressed
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1281 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1283 struct lto_section lsection
;
1284 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1285 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1286 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1292 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1294 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1295 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1296 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1299 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1300 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1301 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1302 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1303 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1304 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1305 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1306 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1307 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1309 bfd_reloc_status_type
1310 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1313 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1314 asection
*input_section
,
1316 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1318 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1319 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1320 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1321 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1323 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1327 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1330 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1331 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1332 should be the same. */
1335 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1336 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1338 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1339 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1340 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1341 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1343 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1344 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1346 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1349 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1350 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1351 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1352 to be the correct section. */
1355 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1356 const unsigned int hint
)
1358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1361 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1363 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1364 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1365 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1366 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1369 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1373 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1375 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1376 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1377 multiple matches ? */
1384 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1385 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1386 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1389 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1391 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1392 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1393 const unsigned int secnum
)
1395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1396 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1397 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1398 unsigned int sh_link
;
1400 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1402 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1403 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1404 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1405 matched up with the original.
1407 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1408 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1409 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1410 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1411 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1412 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1413 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1414 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1415 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1416 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1417 without any contents. */
1418 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1419 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1420 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1421 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1425 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1426 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1430 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1431 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1432 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1433 in the input bfd. */
1434 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1436 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1437 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1440 /* xgettext:c-format */
1441 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1442 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1446 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1447 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1449 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1453 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1454 if we could not find a match ? */
1456 /* xgettext:c-format */
1457 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1460 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1462 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1463 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1465 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1467 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1469 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1470 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1473 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1474 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1476 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1478 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1483 /* xgettext:c-format */
1484 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1490 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1494 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1496 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1498 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1501 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1502 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1505 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1507 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1508 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1511 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1513 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1514 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1515 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1517 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1518 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1519 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1520 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1522 /* Copy object attributes. */
1523 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1525 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1528 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1530 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1531 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1536 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1537 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1538 files. See below for more details. */
1540 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1541 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1544 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1545 fields have already been initialised. */
1546 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1547 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1550 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1551 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1552 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1554 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1556 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1559 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1561 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1562 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1564 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1565 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1566 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1567 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1568 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1569 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1574 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1577 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1578 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1579 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1580 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1582 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1584 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1587 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1588 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1589 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1591 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1592 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1593 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1594 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1595 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1596 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1597 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1598 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1599 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1600 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1602 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1607 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1609 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1610 with a NULL input section. */
1611 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1620 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1625 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1626 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1627 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1628 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1629 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1630 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1631 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1632 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1634 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1635 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1636 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1641 /* Print out the program headers. */
1644 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1646 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1647 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1649 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1651 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1656 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1657 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1658 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1660 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1665 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1668 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1669 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1670 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1671 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1672 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1673 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1674 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1675 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1676 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1677 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1678 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1679 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1681 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1682 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1683 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1684 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1689 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1692 unsigned int elfsec
;
1693 unsigned long shlink
;
1694 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1696 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1698 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1700 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1703 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1704 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1706 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1708 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1709 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1712 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1713 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1715 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1716 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1718 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1720 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1721 const char *name
= "";
1723 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1724 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1726 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1728 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1735 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1736 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1738 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1740 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1745 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1746 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1747 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1748 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1749 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1750 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1751 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1752 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1753 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1754 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1755 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1756 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1757 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1758 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1759 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1760 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1761 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1762 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1763 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1764 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1765 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1766 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1767 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1768 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1771 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1772 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1773 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1774 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1775 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1776 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1777 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1778 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1779 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1780 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1781 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1782 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1783 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1784 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1785 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1787 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1788 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1789 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1790 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1791 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1792 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1793 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1794 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1795 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1796 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1797 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1798 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1799 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1801 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1802 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1805 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1809 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1814 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1816 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1819 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1828 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1829 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1831 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1835 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1837 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1839 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1840 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1842 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1843 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1844 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1845 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1850 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1854 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1860 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1862 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1864 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1865 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1867 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1869 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1870 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1871 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1872 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1873 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1874 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1887 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1890 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1892 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1894 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1895 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1896 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1898 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1900 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1901 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1904 version_string
= "";
1905 else if (vernum
== 1
1906 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1907 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1909 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1910 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1912 const char *nodename
1913 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1914 version_string
= ((base_p
|| strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
))
1919 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1921 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1922 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1926 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1928 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1930 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1932 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1939 return version_string
;
1942 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1945 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1948 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1950 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1953 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1954 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1956 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1957 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1958 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1959 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1961 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1963 const char *section_name
;
1964 const char *name
= NULL
;
1965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1966 unsigned char st_other
;
1968 const char *version_string
;
1971 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1973 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1974 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1975 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1979 name
= symbol
->name
;
1980 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1983 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1984 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1985 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1986 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1987 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1988 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1989 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1991 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1992 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1994 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1995 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2002 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2007 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2008 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2013 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2014 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2019 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2020 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2021 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2023 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2025 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2028 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2034 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2036 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2039 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2041 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2042 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2043 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2045 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2046 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2047 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2048 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2050 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2055 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2056 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2057 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2058 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2059 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2060 can expect to recurse at least once.
2062 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2063 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2065 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2066 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2067 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2069 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2070 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2071 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2073 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2075 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2078 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2081 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2084 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2085 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2086 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2091 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2092 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2095 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2098 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2099 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2100 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2101 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2102 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2103 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2104 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2105 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2106 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2107 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2110 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2111 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2114 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2116 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2117 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2118 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2121 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2122 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2123 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2125 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2130 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2132 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2134 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2136 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2137 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2138 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2139 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2141 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2142 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2146 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2148 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2149 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2151 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2152 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2154 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2162 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2163 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2166 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2169 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2171 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2173 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2174 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2175 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2180 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2181 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2182 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2185 /* xgettext:c-format */
2186 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2187 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2191 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2192 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2193 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2194 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2196 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2197 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2198 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2199 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2200 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2202 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2203 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2204 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2208 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2209 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2210 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2212 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2213 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2215 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2216 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2219 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2220 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2222 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2224 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2225 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2230 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2232 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2234 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2235 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2240 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2241 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2245 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2246 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2249 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2252 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2254 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2257 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2258 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2259 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2264 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2265 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2266 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2269 /* xgettext:c-format */
2270 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2271 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2275 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2276 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2277 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2278 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2280 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2281 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2282 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2285 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2287 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2289 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2290 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2293 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2296 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2298 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2299 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2300 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2304 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2305 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2308 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2310 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2311 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2318 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2319 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2323 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2326 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2327 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2328 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2329 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2331 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2336 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2337 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2338 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2339 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2341 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2343 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2344 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2346 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2347 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2349 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2352 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2354 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2356 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2357 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2361 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2366 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2368 asection
*target_sect
;
2369 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2370 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2371 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2374 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2375 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2378 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2379 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2382 /* xgettext:c-format */
2383 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2384 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2385 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2390 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2391 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2392 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2393 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2394 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2395 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2396 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2398 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2399 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2400 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2401 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2407 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2409 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2410 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2421 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2424 /* Get the symbol table. */
2425 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2426 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2427 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2430 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2431 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2432 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2433 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2434 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2435 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2436 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2437 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2438 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2439 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2440 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2441 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2442 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2443 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2444 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2445 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2447 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2452 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2455 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2456 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2459 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2460 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2461 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2463 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2465 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2466 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2470 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2473 /* xgettext:c-format */
2474 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2475 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2476 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2481 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2486 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2487 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2488 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2489 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2490 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2491 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2492 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2493 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2494 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2496 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2497 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2499 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2503 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2504 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2505 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2506 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2509 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2510 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2513 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2515 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2518 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2519 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2520 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2521 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2528 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2531 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2537 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2538 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2539 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2541 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2543 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2547 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2548 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2551 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2553 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2554 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2555 for applications? */
2557 /* xgettext:c-format */
2558 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2559 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2562 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2563 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2568 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2569 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2570 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2572 /* xgettext:c-format */
2573 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2574 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2575 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2577 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2578 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2579 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2580 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2581 be rejected with an error message. */
2583 /* xgettext:c-format */
2584 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2585 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2588 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2589 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2594 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2596 /* xgettext:c-format */
2597 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2598 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2606 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2607 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2608 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2610 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2611 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2616 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2619 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2621 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2623 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2625 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2627 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2628 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2629 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2631 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2632 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2633 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2636 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2638 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2641 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2644 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2647 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2651 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2653 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2655 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2658 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2661 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2664 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2668 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2671 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2675 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2676 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2677 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2686 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2689 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2693 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2696 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2702 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2707 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2710 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2712 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2713 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2716 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2718 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2721 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2724 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2727 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2730 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2734 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2737 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2740 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2741 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2744 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2749 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2750 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2753 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2755 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2756 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2757 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2758 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2759 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2760 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2761 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2764 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2766 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2767 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2768 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2769 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2772 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2774 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2775 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2776 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2777 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2778 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2781 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2783 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2784 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2785 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2787 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2788 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2789 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2790 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2793 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2795 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2797 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2799 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2800 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2801 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2807 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2810 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2811 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2812 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2818 len
= strlen (name
);
2820 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2823 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2825 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2827 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2830 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2831 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2833 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2835 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2837 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2838 && (suffix_len
== -2
2839 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2845 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2847 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2848 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2858 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2859 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2862 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2863 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2865 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2866 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2869 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2870 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2873 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2874 bed
->special_sections
,
2880 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2883 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2884 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2887 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2892 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2896 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2898 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2899 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2900 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2902 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2905 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2909 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2912 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2913 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2914 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2916 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2917 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2918 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2921 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2922 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2925 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2928 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2930 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2931 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2932 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2933 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2935 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2936 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2937 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2938 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2939 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2940 of combined data+bss.
2942 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2943 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2944 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2945 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2946 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2951 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2952 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2954 const char *type_name
)
2961 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2963 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2964 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2965 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2967 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2969 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2970 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2971 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2974 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2975 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2976 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2978 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2979 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2980 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2981 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2982 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2983 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2984 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2986 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2987 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2988 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2990 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2992 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2995 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2997 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3001 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3005 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3006 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3007 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3010 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3011 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3012 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3014 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3015 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3016 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3017 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3018 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3019 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3020 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3021 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3022 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3024 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3025 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3026 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3027 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3028 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3029 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3030 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3032 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3033 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3034 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3036 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3037 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3044 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3046 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3047 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3048 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3054 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3056 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3058 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3061 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3064 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3066 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3067 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3074 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3077 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3079 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3085 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3090 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3091 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3095 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3098 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3101 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3102 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3103 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3107 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3111 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3113 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3115 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3116 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3119 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3123 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3124 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3125 const char *sec_name
,
3126 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3128 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3129 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3133 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3135 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3137 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3143 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3144 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3145 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3149 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3150 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3151 const char *sec_name
,
3152 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3153 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3155 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3156 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3158 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3159 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3160 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3162 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3163 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3164 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3167 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3168 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3169 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3170 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3171 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3172 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3173 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3174 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3175 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3180 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3183 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3185 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3186 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3188 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3191 struct fake_section_arg
3193 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3197 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3200 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3202 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3203 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3204 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3205 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3206 unsigned int sh_type
;
3207 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3208 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3213 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3218 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3222 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3223 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3224 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3228 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3230 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3231 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3232 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3233 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3234 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3237 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3239 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3240 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3242 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3243 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3247 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3248 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3256 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3258 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3259 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3260 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3261 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3262 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3263 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3268 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3273 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3274 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3278 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3280 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3287 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3289 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3290 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3291 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3293 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3295 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3296 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3297 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3298 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3299 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3302 /* xgettext:c-format */
3303 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3304 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3308 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3309 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3310 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3311 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3312 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3313 copy_private_section_data. */
3315 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3316 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3318 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3320 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3321 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3323 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3325 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3326 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3327 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3328 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3329 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3331 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3332 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3333 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3334 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3336 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3337 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3340 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3351 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3352 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3353 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3354 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3358 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3362 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3366 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3370 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3371 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3375 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3376 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3379 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3380 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3383 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3384 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3385 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3386 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3388 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3389 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3391 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3392 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3395 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3396 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3397 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3398 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3400 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3401 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3403 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3404 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3408 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3412 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3416 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3417 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3418 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3419 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3420 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3421 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3422 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3424 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3425 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3427 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3428 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3429 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3430 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3431 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3433 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3434 if (asect
->size
== 0
3435 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3437 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3439 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3442 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3443 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3444 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3448 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3449 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3451 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3452 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3453 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3454 create the other. */
3455 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3457 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3460 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3461 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3462 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3463 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3465 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3466 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3467 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3472 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3473 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3474 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3480 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3482 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3492 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3493 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3494 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3495 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3501 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3503 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3504 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3505 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3509 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3510 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3511 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3512 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3515 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3517 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3518 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3522 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3524 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3529 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3531 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3533 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3535 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3536 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3540 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3542 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3543 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3548 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3550 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3552 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3554 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3555 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3556 set until all local symbols are output. */
3558 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3559 unsigned long symndx
;
3560 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3563 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3564 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3565 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3566 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3567 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3568 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3570 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3574 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3575 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3577 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3578 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3579 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3580 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3582 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3585 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3587 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3590 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3592 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3593 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3594 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3601 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3603 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3604 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3605 start of the input section group. */
3606 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3608 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3609 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3610 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3611 directives, not that it matters. */
3618 s
= s
->output_section
;
3620 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3622 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3623 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3625 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3627 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3628 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3630 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3634 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3636 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3637 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3639 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3646 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3652 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3654 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3657 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3658 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3659 relocations apply. */
3662 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3664 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3665 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3666 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3667 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3672 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3678 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3681 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3684 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3689 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3691 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3692 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3695 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3696 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3697 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3700 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3703 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3704 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3705 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3708 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3709 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3710 in here too, while we're at it. */
3713 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3715 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3717 unsigned int section_number
;
3718 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3719 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3720 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3725 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3727 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3728 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3730 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3732 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3733 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3735 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3737 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3739 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3741 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3742 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3743 abfd
->section_count
--;
3746 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3749 /* Count relocations. */
3750 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3753 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3754 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3755 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3758 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3760 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3762 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3763 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3764 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3765 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3768 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3769 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3770 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3777 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3778 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3779 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3785 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3786 || (link_info
== NULL
3787 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3791 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3792 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3793 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3795 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3797 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3799 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3800 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3801 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3803 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3804 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3805 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3808 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3809 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3812 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3813 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3814 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3816 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3818 /* xgettext:c-format */
3819 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3820 abfd
, section_number
);
3824 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3825 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3827 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3829 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3830 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3831 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3834 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3835 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3836 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3838 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3842 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3844 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3847 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3848 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3850 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3851 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3852 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3853 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3855 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3856 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3859 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3863 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3865 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3866 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3867 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3868 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3869 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3871 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3873 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3874 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3875 the relocation entries apply. */
3876 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3878 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3879 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3880 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3882 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3884 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3885 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3886 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3889 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3890 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3892 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3895 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3896 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3898 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3899 if (discarded_section (s
))
3903 /* xgettext:c-format */
3904 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3905 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3906 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3908 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3909 size as the discarded one. */
3910 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3919 s
= s
->output_section
;
3920 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3924 /* Handle objcopy. */
3925 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3928 /* xgettext:c-format */
3929 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3930 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3931 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3932 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3935 s
= s
->output_section
;
3937 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3942 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3943 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3944 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3947 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3948 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3949 /* xgettext:c-format */
3950 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3955 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3959 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3960 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3961 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3962 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3963 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3964 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3965 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3967 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3969 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3972 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3973 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3978 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3979 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3980 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3981 field to point to this section. */
3982 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3983 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3988 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3989 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3992 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3993 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3994 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3998 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
4000 /* This is a .stab section. */
4001 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
4002 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
4003 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
4010 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4011 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4012 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4013 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4015 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4017 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4020 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4021 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4022 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4023 the version strings. */
4024 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4025 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4027 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4032 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4033 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4034 this hash table or version table is for. */
4035 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4037 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4041 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4045 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4046 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4047 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4053 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4055 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4056 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4057 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4058 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4060 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4061 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4062 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4065 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4066 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4067 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4068 the beginning of that array.
4070 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4073 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4074 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4076 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4078 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4080 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4081 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4082 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4084 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4087 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4090 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4092 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4095 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4098 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4103 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4104 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4107 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4109 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4114 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4117 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4120 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4121 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4122 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4123 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4124 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4125 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4126 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4127 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4128 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4131 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4132 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4135 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4137 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4138 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4139 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4140 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4141 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4142 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4143 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4144 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4151 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4155 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4157 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4158 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4162 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4163 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4164 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4166 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4167 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4169 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4170 decided to output. */
4171 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4173 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4175 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4177 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4178 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4180 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4182 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4183 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4185 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4189 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4190 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4192 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4194 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4198 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4199 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4200 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4201 at least in that case. */
4202 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4204 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4206 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4213 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4214 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4215 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4216 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4219 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4221 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4224 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4225 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4226 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4231 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4233 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4235 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4237 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4240 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4241 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4244 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4246 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4250 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4252 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4256 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4257 ELF data structure. */
4259 static inline file_ptr
4260 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4262 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4265 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4266 required section alignment. */
4269 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4273 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4274 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4275 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4276 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4277 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4278 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4279 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4283 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4284 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4285 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4288 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4289 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4292 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4294 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4295 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4296 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4298 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4301 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4302 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4303 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4305 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4308 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4309 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4310 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4314 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4317 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4318 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4319 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4320 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4324 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4325 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4327 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4332 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4334 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4339 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4340 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4341 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4342 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4343 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4344 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4345 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4346 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4347 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4348 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4349 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4351 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4359 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4361 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4362 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4364 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4366 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4367 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4368 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4369 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4372 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4373 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4375 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4377 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4379 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4380 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4382 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4385 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4390 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4391 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4393 static bfd_size_type
4394 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4400 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4401 and one for data. */
4404 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4405 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4407 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4408 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4409 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4414 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4416 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4420 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4422 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4426 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4428 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4432 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4434 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4438 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4439 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4440 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4442 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4446 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4448 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4449 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4451 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4452 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4454 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4455 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4456 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4457 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4458 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4459 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4460 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4461 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4462 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4463 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4468 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4470 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4472 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4478 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4480 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4481 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4483 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4484 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4485 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4486 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4488 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4491 /* xgettext:c-format */
4492 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4493 "sh_info field: %d"),
4494 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4497 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4498 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4499 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4504 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4505 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4509 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4515 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4518 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4521 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4523 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4524 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4526 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4532 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4533 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4540 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4542 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4543 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4544 asection
**sections
,
4549 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4554 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4555 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4556 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4560 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4561 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4562 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4563 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4565 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4567 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4568 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4569 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4575 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4578 struct elf_segment_map
*
4579 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4581 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4583 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4584 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4588 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4590 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4595 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4598 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4599 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4600 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4602 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4603 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4605 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4606 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4607 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4608 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4610 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4613 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4615 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4617 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4618 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4619 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4621 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4625 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4627 if (remove_empty_load
4628 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4630 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4636 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4637 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4639 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4646 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4647 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4649 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4652 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4655 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4656 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4657 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4658 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4660 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4663 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4665 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4669 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4670 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4673 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4674 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4676 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4677 bfd_boolean writable
;
4678 bfd_boolean executable
;
4679 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4680 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4681 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4682 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4684 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4685 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4686 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4688 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4690 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4691 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4692 if (sections
== NULL
)
4695 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4696 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4698 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4699 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4702 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4704 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4706 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4707 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4709 s
->target_index
= i
;
4712 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4713 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4714 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4717 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4720 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4722 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4723 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4724 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4725 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4726 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4728 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4729 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4731 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4733 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4734 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4735 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4736 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4737 been left for them. */
4738 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4740 /* Build the mapping. */
4744 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4745 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4747 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4748 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4750 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4751 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4755 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4757 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4758 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4759 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4763 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4764 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4768 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4776 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4777 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4778 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4784 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4786 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4789 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4790 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4792 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4793 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4794 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4795 program headers we will need. */
4796 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4798 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4799 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4801 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4803 && info
->separate_code
4804 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4806 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4807 thus not executable, and the first section is
4808 executable then put the file and program headers in
4809 their own PT_LOAD. */
4810 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4811 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4812 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4814 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4815 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4816 previous page if we can. */
4817 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4818 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4820 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4823 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4824 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4825 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4826 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4827 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4828 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4829 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4830 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4832 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4833 else if (separate_phdr
)
4835 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4838 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4840 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4841 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4844 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4848 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4851 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4855 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4858 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4860 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4861 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4862 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4864 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4866 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4867 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4871 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4872 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4874 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4875 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4878 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4879 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4880 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4882 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4883 pages onto the same memory page. */
4884 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4886 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4887 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4888 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4889 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4890 section can be included in the current segment. */
4891 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4892 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4893 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4894 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4896 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4897 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4900 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4901 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4903 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4904 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4905 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4906 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4909 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4911 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4912 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4913 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4914 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4916 else if (info
!= NULL
4917 && info
->separate_code
4918 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4923 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4925 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4931 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4932 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4935 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4936 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4938 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4940 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4946 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4948 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4951 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4952 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4956 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4957 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4959 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4966 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4971 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4977 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4978 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4980 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4983 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4985 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4986 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4987 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4989 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4997 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5000 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5007 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5008 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5009 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5010 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5011 in the output file. */
5012 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5014 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5015 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5018 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5021 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5023 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5024 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5025 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5026 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5033 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5034 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5035 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5039 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5043 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5044 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5047 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5048 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5052 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5058 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5059 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5063 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5066 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5067 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5068 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5073 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5074 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5076 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5078 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5080 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5083 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5086 while (i
< tls_count
)
5088 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5090 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5094 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5097 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5109 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5110 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5111 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5112 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5113 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5115 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5116 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5117 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5119 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5122 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5123 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5127 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5128 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5130 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5132 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5138 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5139 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5140 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5142 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5143 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5147 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5149 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5156 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5158 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5159 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5160 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5162 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5163 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5167 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5169 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5175 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5177 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5178 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5182 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5183 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5184 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5185 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5186 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5187 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5189 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5190 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5197 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5199 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5201 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5203 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5204 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5207 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5209 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5210 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5211 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5215 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5220 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5223 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5224 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5228 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5235 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5238 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5241 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5243 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5248 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5253 /* Sort sections by address. */
5256 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5258 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5259 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5260 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5262 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5263 place the section into a segment. */
5264 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5266 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5269 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5270 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5271 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5273 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5276 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5278 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5285 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5290 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5291 before others at the same address. */
5293 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5294 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5301 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5304 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5305 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5308 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5310 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5311 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5313 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5315 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5317 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5319 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5321 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5322 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5323 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5324 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5325 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5327 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5329 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5331 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5333 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5335 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5338 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5340 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5342 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5344 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5347 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5349 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5350 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5354 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5356 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5357 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5358 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5359 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5360 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5363 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5364 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5366 /* In other words, something like:
5368 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5369 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5370 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5371 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5373 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5375 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5378 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5380 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5381 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5383 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5387 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5390 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5395 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5396 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5397 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5398 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5399 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5400 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5402 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5403 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5407 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5408 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5409 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5415 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5420 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5422 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5425 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5430 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5431 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5435 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5436 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5438 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5439 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5440 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5441 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5442 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5443 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5444 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5445 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5447 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5448 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5450 if (link_info
== NULL
5451 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5455 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5460 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5461 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5465 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5466 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5467 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5470 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5472 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5475 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5479 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5480 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5481 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5482 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5487 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5491 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5492 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5493 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5494 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5495 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5497 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5498 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5499 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5500 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5501 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5502 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5503 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5507 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5509 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5510 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5511 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5512 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5513 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5514 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5516 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5517 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5519 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5520 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5521 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5526 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5530 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5531 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5533 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5534 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5535 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5536 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5537 position after the ELF file header. */
5538 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5539 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5541 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5542 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5544 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5550 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5551 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5553 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5556 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5557 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5559 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5560 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5561 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5562 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5563 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5564 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5566 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5567 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5570 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5572 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5574 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5575 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5576 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5579 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5581 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5582 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5584 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5585 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5586 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5587 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5588 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5589 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5590 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5592 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5593 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5595 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5597 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5598 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5599 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5600 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5602 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5604 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5606 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5609 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5611 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5614 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5615 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5617 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5621 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5623 unsigned int secalign
;
5625 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5626 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5627 align_power
= secalign
;
5629 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5630 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5631 align
= maxpagesize
;
5634 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5635 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5636 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5637 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5638 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5639 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5641 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5644 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5645 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5647 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5651 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5653 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5654 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5657 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5658 && bed
->no_page_alias
5659 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5660 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5661 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5662 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5666 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5667 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5668 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5669 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5670 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5671 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5672 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5673 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5678 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5679 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5680 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5682 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5685 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5686 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5691 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5692 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5693 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5694 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5696 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5698 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5700 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5701 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5702 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5706 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5707 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5708 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5711 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5712 " try linking with -N"),
5714 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5718 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5722 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5724 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5725 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5726 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5727 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5731 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5733 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5735 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5736 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5737 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5739 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5741 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5744 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5745 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5746 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5749 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5751 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5752 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5753 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5754 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5755 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5756 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5757 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5758 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5761 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5765 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5766 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5768 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5773 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5774 without file contents somewhere within the first
5775 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5776 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5777 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5781 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5786 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5788 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5790 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5791 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5795 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5796 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5797 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5798 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5799 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5800 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5803 bfd_size_type align
;
5804 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5807 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5808 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5810 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5811 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5812 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5813 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5814 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5815 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5817 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5818 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5819 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5820 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5824 || p_end
< p_start
))
5827 /* xgettext:c-format */
5828 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5829 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5830 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5832 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5834 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5836 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5838 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5840 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5842 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5843 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5845 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5846 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5851 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5855 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5857 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5861 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5862 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5863 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5869 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5878 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5880 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5881 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5882 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5884 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5885 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5886 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5888 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5889 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5890 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5891 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5892 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5893 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5895 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5897 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5900 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5902 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5903 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5904 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5905 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5906 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5907 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5909 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5911 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5912 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5914 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5916 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5917 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5920 if (align
> p
->p_align
5921 && !m
->p_align_valid
5922 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5923 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5927 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5930 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5932 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5939 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5940 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5941 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5942 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5943 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5944 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5946 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5947 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5948 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5949 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5950 " by LOAD segment"),
5952 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5954 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5955 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5956 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5959 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5960 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5961 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5963 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5965 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5966 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5967 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5968 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5969 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5970 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5972 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5977 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5979 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5982 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5983 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5984 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5985 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5988 /* xgettext:c-format */
5989 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5991 print_segment_map (m
);
5997 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5999 if (link_info
!= NULL
6000 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6001 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6003 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6004 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6005 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6008 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6009 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6010 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6012 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6013 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6014 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6015 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6018 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6020 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6021 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6022 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6024 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6025 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6026 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6034 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6035 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6039 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6040 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6043 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6044 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6052 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6053 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6054 use heuristics instead. */
6057 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6059 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6062 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6064 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6066 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6068 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6070 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6071 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6072 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6073 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6074 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6081 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6082 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6085 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6086 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6088 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6091 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6092 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6093 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6095 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6097 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6098 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6099 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6100 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6102 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6105 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6106 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6107 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6108 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6109 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6110 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6112 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6113 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6114 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6115 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6116 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6117 so do not warn about them. */
6118 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6120 /* xgettext:c-format */
6121 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6123 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6125 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6126 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6127 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6128 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6131 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6133 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6136 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6137 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6138 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6139 not been decided. */
6140 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6141 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6142 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6143 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6144 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6145 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6146 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6147 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6148 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6149 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6151 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6153 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6155 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6156 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6157 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6158 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6160 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6162 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6165 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6167 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6168 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6169 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6170 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6171 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6173 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6175 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6177 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6178 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6189 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6190 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6193 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6195 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6197 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6199 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6201 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6202 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6203 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6205 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6211 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6212 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6214 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6223 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6224 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6225 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6226 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6227 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6229 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6230 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6231 In cases where the end does not match any
6232 loaded section (for instance is in file
6233 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6234 the end of loaded section contents. */
6235 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6236 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6238 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6239 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6240 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6241 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6242 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6244 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6246 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6252 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6255 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6257 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6259 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6260 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6262 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6266 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6267 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6268 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6270 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6271 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6272 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6278 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6280 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6282 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6283 "and/or program header"),
6284 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6289 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6290 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6292 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6294 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6296 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6308 static elf_section_list
*
6309 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6311 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6317 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6318 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6319 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6321 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6322 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6323 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6324 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6325 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6326 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6327 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6328 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6330 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6333 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6334 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6336 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6337 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6338 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6341 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6342 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6344 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6345 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6346 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6350 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6351 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6353 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6354 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6355 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6356 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6361 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6362 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6363 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6365 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6366 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6367 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6368 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6369 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6370 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6371 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6372 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6373 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6375 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6378 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6381 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6382 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6386 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6387 assignment of sections to segments. */
6388 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6391 /* And for non-load sections. */
6392 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6396 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6399 /* Write out the program headers. */
6400 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6403 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6404 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6412 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6413 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6415 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6416 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6417 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6419 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6421 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6422 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6425 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6427 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6428 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6429 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6434 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6435 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6437 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6438 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6439 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6440 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6441 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6442 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6444 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6446 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6448 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6449 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6452 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6453 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6454 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6455 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6456 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6457 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6458 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6459 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6461 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6464 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6465 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6467 /* No program header, for now. */
6468 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6469 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6470 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6472 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6473 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6474 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6476 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6477 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6478 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6479 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6480 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6481 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6482 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6483 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6484 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6490 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6492 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6493 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6494 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6495 changed or the programs updated. */
6498 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6500 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6502 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6503 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6504 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6505 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6506 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6508 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6509 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6510 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6511 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6512 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6514 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6515 segments is non-zero. */
6517 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6522 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6523 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6526 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6529 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6531 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6534 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6536 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6537 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6538 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6541 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6543 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6544 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6545 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6546 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6549 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6551 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6553 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6554 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6556 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6557 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6561 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6562 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6564 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6565 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6567 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6568 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6572 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6573 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6576 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6578 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6580 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6582 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6587 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6592 /* Update section size and contents. */
6593 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6594 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6595 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6599 /* Update section size and contents. */
6600 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6601 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6604 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6611 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6613 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6614 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6615 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6616 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6618 /* Place the section headers. */
6619 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6620 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6621 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6622 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6623 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6624 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6630 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6632 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6633 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6635 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6636 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6638 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6639 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6641 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6642 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6643 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6644 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6646 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6647 already been written to the BFD. */
6648 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6650 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6654 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6657 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6661 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6664 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6665 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6666 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6668 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6669 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6670 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6671 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6672 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6674 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6676 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6678 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6679 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6684 /* Write out the section header names. */
6685 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6686 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6687 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6688 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6691 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6694 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6697 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6698 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6699 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6705 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6707 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6708 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6711 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6714 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6716 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6717 unsigned int sec_index
;
6719 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6720 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6721 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6723 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6724 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6725 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6726 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6727 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6728 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6730 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6732 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6733 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6735 int retval
= sec_index
;
6737 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6741 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6742 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6747 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6751 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6753 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6755 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6757 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6758 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6759 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6760 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6761 input sections rather than the output section. */
6762 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6763 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6764 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6769 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6770 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6771 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6772 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6773 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6774 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6775 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6778 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6782 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6783 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6785 /* xgettext:c-format */
6786 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6787 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6795 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6796 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6804 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6807 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6809 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6810 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6811 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6812 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6813 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6816 unsigned int num_segments
;
6817 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6818 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6819 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6820 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6821 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6823 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6825 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6826 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6829 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6831 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6832 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6834 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6835 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6836 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6837 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6839 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6840 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6841 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6842 ? section->size : 0)
6844 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6845 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6846 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6847 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6848 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6849 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6851 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6852 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6853 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6854 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6855 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6856 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6857 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6859 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6860 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6861 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6862 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6863 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6864 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6865 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6867 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6869 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6871 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6875 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6876 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6877 p_memsz set to 0. */
6878 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6880 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6881 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6882 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6883 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6885 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6886 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6887 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6889 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6890 A section will be included if:
6891 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6892 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6893 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6895 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6896 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6897 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6898 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6899 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6900 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6901 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6902 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6903 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6904 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6905 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6906 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6907 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6908 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6909 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6910 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6911 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6912 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6913 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6914 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6915 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6916 || (segment->p_paddr \
6917 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6918 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6919 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6920 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6922 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6923 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6924 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6925 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6926 && section->output_section != NULL)
6928 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6929 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6930 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6932 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6933 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6934 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6935 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6936 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6938 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6939 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6940 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6941 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6942 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6944 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6945 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6946 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6948 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6949 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6950 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6951 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6952 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6953 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6956 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6958 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6962 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6963 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6964 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6965 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6966 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6971 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6973 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6974 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6975 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6977 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6978 assignment code will work. */
6979 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6983 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6985 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6986 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6987 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6991 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6992 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6994 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6996 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6997 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7000 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7001 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7003 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7005 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7006 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7008 if (extra_length
> 0)
7010 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7011 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7014 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7016 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7018 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7023 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7025 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7026 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7028 if (extra_length
> 0)
7030 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7031 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7034 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7039 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7040 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7044 unsigned int section_count
;
7045 asection
**sections
;
7046 asection
*output_section
;
7048 asection
*matching_lma
;
7049 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7052 asection
*first_section
;
7054 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7057 first_section
= NULL
;
7058 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7059 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7061 section
= section
->next
)
7063 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7064 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7065 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7067 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7068 first_section
= section
;
7069 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7074 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7075 all of the sections we have selected. */
7076 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7077 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7078 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7082 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7083 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7085 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7086 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7087 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7089 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7090 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7092 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7094 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7095 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7098 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7099 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7100 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7101 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7102 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7104 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7106 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7107 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7108 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7109 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7110 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7112 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7113 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7116 if (section_count
== 0)
7118 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7119 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7120 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7121 a warning is produced.
7122 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7123 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7124 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7125 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7126 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7127 /* xgettext:c-format */
7129 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7130 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7131 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7133 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7135 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7136 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7141 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7142 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7143 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7144 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7146 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7147 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7150 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7151 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7152 of the first section.
7154 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7155 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7156 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7157 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7158 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7160 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7161 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7162 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7163 or segments to contain the other sections.
7165 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7166 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7167 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7169 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7170 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7171 if (sections
== NULL
)
7174 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7175 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7176 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7177 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7178 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7181 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7182 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7184 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7186 section
= section
->next
)
7188 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7190 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7192 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7194 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7195 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7196 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7197 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7199 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7200 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7202 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7203 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7204 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7205 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7206 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7207 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7209 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7210 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7211 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7213 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7214 LMA address of the output section. */
7215 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7217 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7218 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7219 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7221 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7222 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7223 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7225 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7226 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7228 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7230 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7231 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7233 if (j
== section_count
)
7238 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7240 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7242 if (isec
== section_count
)
7244 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7245 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7246 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7247 program header in the input BFD. */
7248 map
->count
= section_count
;
7249 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7250 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7253 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7255 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7256 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7257 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7258 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7259 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7261 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7263 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7264 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7272 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7273 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7274 section fitted, the first section. */
7275 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7276 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7278 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7280 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7281 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7282 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7284 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7286 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7287 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7288 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7289 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7290 offset when we know the correct value. */
7291 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7292 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7295 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7297 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7298 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7299 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7300 first section lma, but there may have been some
7301 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7302 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7303 the same alignment. */
7304 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7305 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7306 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7310 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7311 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7312 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7313 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7314 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7315 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7321 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7323 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7324 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7326 section
= sections
[j
];
7328 if (section
== NULL
)
7331 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7333 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7335 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7337 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7339 if (map
->count
== 0)
7341 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7342 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7344 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7345 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7346 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7347 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7348 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7350 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7351 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7358 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7360 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7361 and the start of this section is more than
7362 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7363 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7365 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7366 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7367 > output_section
->lma
))
7369 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7370 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7376 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7379 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7380 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7382 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7383 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7386 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7387 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7388 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7389 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7390 So allow a count of zero. */
7392 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7393 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7394 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7396 if (isec
< section_count
)
7398 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7399 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7400 and carry on looping. */
7401 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7402 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7403 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7410 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7411 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7412 not yet been assigned. */
7414 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7415 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7416 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7417 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7418 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7419 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7420 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7429 while (isec
< section_count
);
7434 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7436 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7437 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7438 the offset if necessary. */
7439 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7443 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7446 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7447 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7448 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7450 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7451 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7454 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7455 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7462 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7463 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7465 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7466 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7467 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7468 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7469 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7470 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7474 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7477 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7479 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7480 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7481 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7482 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7483 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7485 unsigned int num_segments
;
7486 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7487 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7488 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7490 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7493 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7495 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7496 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7497 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7498 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7499 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7502 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7504 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7508 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7513 unsigned int section_count
;
7515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7516 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7517 asection
*lowest_section
;
7519 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7520 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7522 section
= section
->next
)
7524 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7525 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7527 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7528 first_section
= section
;
7533 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7534 all of the sections we have selected. */
7535 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7536 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7537 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7541 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7544 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7545 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7546 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7547 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7548 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7549 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7550 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7551 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7553 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7554 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7556 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7557 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7558 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7559 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7560 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7562 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7563 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7566 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7567 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7568 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7569 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7571 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7572 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7574 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7575 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7576 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7577 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7578 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7580 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7581 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7584 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7585 if (section_count
!= 0)
7587 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7589 for (section
= first_section
;
7591 section
= section
->next
)
7593 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7594 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7596 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7597 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7601 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7602 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7603 lowest_section
= section
;
7605 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7606 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7607 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7608 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7610 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7611 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7613 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7614 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7615 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7617 if (isec
== section_count
)
7623 if (section_count
== 0)
7624 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7625 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7627 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7628 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7629 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7630 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7631 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7632 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7634 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7635 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7638 map
->count
= section_count
;
7639 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7640 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7643 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7647 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7651 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7653 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7654 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7657 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7660 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7662 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7663 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7664 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7665 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7666 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7667 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7668 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7670 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7672 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7673 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7676 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7677 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7678 section
= section
->next
)
7679 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7681 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7682 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7686 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7687 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7688 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7689 map in this case. */
7690 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7691 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7692 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7695 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7696 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7698 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7699 from the input BFD. */
7700 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7702 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7704 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7705 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7706 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7708 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7709 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7711 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7712 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7713 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7714 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7715 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7716 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7722 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7724 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7725 section
= section
->next
)
7727 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7730 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7733 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7737 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7739 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7740 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7741 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7743 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7744 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7746 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7749 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7750 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7752 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7753 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7754 /* xgettext:c-format */
7755 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7756 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7757 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7759 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7762 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7763 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7766 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7769 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7772 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7776 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7779 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7780 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7781 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7783 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7784 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7787 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7789 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7790 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7791 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7792 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7793 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7794 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7795 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7796 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7797 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7798 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7799 are different the user may be doing something like
7800 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7801 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7802 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7803 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7805 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7806 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7807 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7809 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7810 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7811 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7813 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7814 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7815 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7816 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7817 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7819 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7820 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7821 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7822 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7823 if ((link_info
== NULL
7824 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7825 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7826 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7828 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7829 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7830 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7831 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7834 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7835 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7836 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7839 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7841 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7842 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7843 may be NULL at this point. */
7844 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7846 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7847 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7848 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7851 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7856 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7857 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7860 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7867 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7868 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7871 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7872 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7874 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7876 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7877 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7878 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7879 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7880 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7882 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7886 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7887 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7888 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7889 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7890 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7894 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7898 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7899 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7901 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7902 asection
*s
= first
;
7903 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7907 /* If this member section is being output but the
7908 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7909 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7910 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7911 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7913 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7914 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7916 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7917 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7918 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7919 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7921 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7923 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7924 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7926 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7927 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7930 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7936 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7938 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7939 adjust the input section size. */
7940 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7941 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7942 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7943 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7946 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7951 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7953 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7954 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7956 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7957 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7966 /* Copy private header information. */
7969 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7971 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7972 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7975 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7976 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7977 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7978 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7979 already been worked out. */
7980 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7982 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7986 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7989 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7990 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7991 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7992 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7993 swap_out_syms function. */
7995 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7996 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7997 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7998 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7999 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8002 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8007 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8009 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8010 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8013 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
8014 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
8017 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8019 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8023 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8024 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8025 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8026 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8027 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8028 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8030 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8031 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8032 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8033 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8034 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8040 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8043 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8044 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8047 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8048 unsigned int symcount
;
8050 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8051 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8054 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8055 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8056 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8057 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8058 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8060 unsigned int num_locals
;
8062 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8064 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8067 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8068 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8072 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8073 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8074 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8075 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8076 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8077 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8078 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8079 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8081 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8082 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8084 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8085 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8086 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8088 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8089 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8093 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8094 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8097 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8100 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8103 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8104 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8106 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8107 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8109 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8111 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8112 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8114 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8115 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8117 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8118 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8121 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8122 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8123 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8124 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8125 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8127 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8130 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8132 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8133 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8139 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8140 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8141 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8142 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8143 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8144 outbound_syms_index
++;
8145 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8146 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8150 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8151 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8153 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8154 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8156 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8157 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8158 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8159 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8162 if (!name_local_sections
8163 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8165 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8166 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8170 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8171 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8173 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8175 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8179 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8181 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8182 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8184 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8185 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8186 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8187 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8188 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8189 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8190 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8192 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8193 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8194 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8198 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8201 if (sec
->output_section
)
8203 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8204 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8207 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8208 if (! relocatable_p
)
8210 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8211 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8213 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8215 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8217 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8218 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8219 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8220 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8224 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8227 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8230 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8233 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8236 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8237 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8244 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8246 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8247 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8248 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8252 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8253 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8254 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8263 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8265 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8269 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8270 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8271 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8272 demand of applications. For example, it
8273 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8274 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8275 actually in the output file. */
8276 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8278 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8279 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8281 /* xgettext:c-format */
8283 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8284 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8285 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8293 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8296 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8298 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8299 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8300 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8302 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8304 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8306 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8311 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8314 /* Processor-specific types. */
8315 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8316 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8317 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8318 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8320 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8322 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8323 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8325 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8327 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8329 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8331 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8332 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8333 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8335 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8336 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8338 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8340 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8341 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8345 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8346 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8349 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8351 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8353 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8354 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8355 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8357 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8360 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8363 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8365 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8366 sym
.st_target_internal
8367 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8372 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8376 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8377 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8378 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8380 outbound_syms_index
++;
8381 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8382 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8385 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8386 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8388 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8389 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8391 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8392 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8393 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8395 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8396 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8397 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8399 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8400 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8402 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8403 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8408 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8409 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8410 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8411 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8412 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8413 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8414 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8415 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8420 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8422 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8423 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8424 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8427 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8429 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8431 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8433 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8434 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8436 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8439 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8441 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8447 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8449 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8451 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8453 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8455 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8459 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8460 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8462 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8465 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8467 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8473 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8476 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8477 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8479 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8483 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8486 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8489 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8496 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8498 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8501 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8502 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8503 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8507 return section
->reloc_count
;
8511 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8513 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8514 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8517 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8522 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8523 asymbol
**allocation
)
8525 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8526 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8529 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8533 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8534 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8535 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8536 dynamic reloc section. */
8539 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8541 bfd_size_type count
;
8544 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8546 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8551 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8552 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8553 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8554 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8556 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8557 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8559 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8563 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8566 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8567 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8568 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8569 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8570 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8571 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8572 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8575 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8579 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8583 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8589 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8591 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8593 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8594 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8595 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8600 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8602 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8604 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8615 /* Read in the version information. */
8618 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8620 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8621 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8624 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8626 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8627 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8628 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8630 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8632 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8634 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8635 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8637 error_return_bad_verref
:
8639 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8640 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8641 error_return_verref
:
8642 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8647 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8648 goto error_return_verref
;
8649 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8650 if (contents
== NULL
)
8651 goto error_return_verref
;
8653 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8656 goto error_return_verref
;
8658 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8659 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8660 goto error_return_verref
;
8662 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8663 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8664 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8665 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8666 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8667 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8669 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8670 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8673 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8675 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8677 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8678 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8680 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8681 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8683 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8684 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8687 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8688 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8690 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8691 goto error_return_verref
;
8693 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8694 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8695 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8696 goto error_return_verref
;
8699 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8700 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8701 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8703 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8704 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8705 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8706 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8708 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8710 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8711 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8712 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8713 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8714 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8716 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8717 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8719 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8720 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8722 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8725 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8726 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8728 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8729 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8730 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8732 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8733 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8736 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8737 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8739 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8740 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8742 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8743 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8744 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8746 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8747 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8749 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8755 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8758 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8759 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8760 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8761 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8763 unsigned int maxidx
;
8764 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8766 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8768 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8770 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8772 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8773 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8774 error_return_verdef
:
8775 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8776 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8780 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8781 goto error_return_verdef
;
8782 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8783 if (contents
== NULL
)
8784 goto error_return_verdef
;
8786 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8787 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8788 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8789 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8790 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8791 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8793 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8794 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8796 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8798 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8800 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8802 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8803 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8804 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8805 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8807 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8810 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8811 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8812 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8814 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8815 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8818 if (default_imported_symver
)
8820 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8825 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8827 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8828 goto error_return_verdef
;
8830 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8831 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8832 goto error_return_verdef
;
8834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8836 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8837 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8838 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8840 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8841 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8844 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8846 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8847 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8849 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8850 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8852 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8854 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8855 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8858 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8859 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8862 goto error_return_verdef
;
8864 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8865 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8866 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8867 goto error_return_verdef
;
8871 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8872 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8874 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8875 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8876 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8877 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8879 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8881 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8882 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8883 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8884 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8885 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8887 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8888 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8890 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8893 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8894 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8896 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8897 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8898 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8900 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8901 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8904 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8905 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8906 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8908 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8909 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8911 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8912 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8914 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8915 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8921 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8928 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8930 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8933 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8934 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8937 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8940 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8941 if (default_imported_symver
)
8943 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8944 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8946 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8948 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8949 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8950 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8951 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8953 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8955 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8956 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8957 goto error_return_verdef
;
8958 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8959 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8960 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8961 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8962 goto error_return_verdef
;
8964 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8965 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8971 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8977 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8979 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8981 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8984 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8985 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8989 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8993 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8996 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8997 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9001 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9004 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9005 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9008 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9009 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9010 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9013 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9014 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9015 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9016 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9017 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9018 we treat such symbols as local. */
9019 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9022 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9023 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9024 These labels have the form:
9026 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9028 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9030 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9031 so we only need to match the rest. */
9032 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9034 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9038 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9040 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9042 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9043 /* A fake symbol. */
9046 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9047 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9048 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9049 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9050 other than some kind of local ? */
9067 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9068 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9075 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9076 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9077 unsigned long machine
)
9079 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9080 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9081 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9082 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9083 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9086 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9089 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9090 for error reporting. */
9093 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9097 const char **filename_ptr
,
9098 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9099 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9100 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9104 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9105 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9106 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9107 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9108 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9111 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9112 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9114 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9115 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9116 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9121 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9122 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9123 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9124 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9126 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9129 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9132 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9133 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9140 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9143 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9144 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9146 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9147 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9148 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9149 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9152 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9153 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9154 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9155 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9156 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9159 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9160 const char **filename_ptr
,
9161 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9162 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9165 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9166 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9167 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9172 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9174 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9175 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9177 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9179 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9181 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9183 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9186 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9187 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9190 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9193 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9201 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9203 const void *location
,
9205 bfd_size_type count
)
9207 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9210 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9211 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9217 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9218 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9220 unsigned char *contents
;
9222 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9223 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9227 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9230 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9232 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9236 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9239 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9246 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9247 if (contents
== NULL
)
9250 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9253 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9257 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9261 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9262 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9263 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9270 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9271 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9272 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9278 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9281 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9283 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9285 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9287 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9288 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9290 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9291 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9293 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9295 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9298 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9301 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9304 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9307 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9310 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9313 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9319 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9321 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9323 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9324 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9326 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9331 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9337 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9340 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9343 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9346 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9349 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9355 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9359 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9367 /* xgettext:c-format */
9368 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9369 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9375 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9377 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9378 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9380 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9381 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9382 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9385 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9388 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9389 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9390 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9393 bfd_reloc_status_type
9394 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9395 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9396 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9397 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9398 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9400 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9403 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9404 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9405 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9406 out details about the corefile. */
9408 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9409 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9410 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9411 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9414 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9415 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9418 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9422 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9424 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9429 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9430 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9431 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9435 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9439 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9442 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9446 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9447 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9448 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9452 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9453 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9454 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9455 such a section already exists.
9456 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9457 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9458 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9460 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9466 char *threaded_name
;
9470 /* Build the section name. */
9472 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9473 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9474 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9475 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9477 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9479 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9484 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9485 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9487 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9491 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9494 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9500 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9501 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9502 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9507 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9509 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9513 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9516 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9521 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9525 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9526 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9527 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9529 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9530 has already been set by another thread. */
9531 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9532 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9533 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9534 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9536 /* pr_who exists on:
9539 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9542 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9543 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9545 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9548 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9549 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9551 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9552 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9554 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9555 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9556 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9558 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9559 has already been set by another thread. */
9560 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9561 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9562 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9563 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9565 /* pr_who exists on:
9568 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9571 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9572 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9577 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9580 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9581 note size (ie. data object type). */
9585 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9586 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9587 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9589 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9591 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9593 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9595 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9597 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9598 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9601 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9602 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9603 data structure apart. */
9606 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9608 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9611 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9612 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9616 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9618 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9621 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9622 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9623 contents literally. */
9626 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9628 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9632 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9634 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9638 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9640 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9644 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9646 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9650 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9652 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9656 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9658 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9662 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9664 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9668 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9670 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9674 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9676 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9680 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9682 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9686 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9688 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9692 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9694 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9698 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9700 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9704 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9706 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9710 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9712 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9716 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9718 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9722 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9724 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9728 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9730 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9734 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9736 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9740 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9742 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9746 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9748 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9752 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9754 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9758 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9760 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9764 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9766 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9770 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9772 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9776 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9778 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9782 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9784 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9788 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9790 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9794 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9796 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9800 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9802 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9806 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9808 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9812 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9814 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9818 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9820 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9824 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9826 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9830 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9832 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9835 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9836 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9837 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9838 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9842 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9843 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9844 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9845 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9849 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9850 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9851 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9854 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9857 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9865 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9869 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9875 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9877 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9879 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9881 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9883 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9885 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9888 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9889 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9890 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9892 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9893 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9894 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9896 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9897 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9899 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9900 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9902 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9904 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9905 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9908 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9909 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9912 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9913 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9919 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9920 note size (ie. data object type). */
9924 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9925 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9926 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9929 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9930 int n
= strlen (command
);
9932 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9933 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9938 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9940 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9942 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9944 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9945 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9946 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9952 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9956 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9957 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9959 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9962 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9964 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9967 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9968 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9969 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9973 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9975 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9977 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9979 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9985 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9986 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9987 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9992 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9994 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9995 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9997 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9998 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10000 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10002 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10003 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10004 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10007 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10009 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10013 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10014 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10015 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10016 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10019 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10020 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10021 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10024 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10026 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10029 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10031 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10032 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10033 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10036 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10038 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10042 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10043 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10044 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10045 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10048 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10049 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10050 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10053 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10055 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10057 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10060 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10067 int is_active_thread
;
10070 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10073 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10076 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10080 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10081 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10082 /* process_info.pid */
10083 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10084 /* process_info.signal */
10085 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10088 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10089 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10090 /* thread_info.tid */
10091 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10093 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10094 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10098 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10100 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10104 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10106 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10107 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10108 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10110 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10111 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10113 if (is_active_thread
)
10114 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10118 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10119 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10120 /* module_info.base_address */
10121 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10122 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10124 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10125 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10129 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10131 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10136 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10137 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10138 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10149 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10153 switch (note
->type
)
10159 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10160 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10162 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10163 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10168 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10170 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10173 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10175 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10178 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10179 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10181 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10182 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10184 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10185 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10186 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10187 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10191 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10192 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10193 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10194 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10199 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10200 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10201 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10206 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10207 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10208 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10213 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10214 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10215 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10220 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10221 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10222 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10227 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10228 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10229 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10234 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10235 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10236 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10241 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10242 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10243 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10247 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10248 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10249 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10250 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10254 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10255 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10256 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10257 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10261 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10262 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10263 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10264 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10268 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10269 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10270 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10271 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10275 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10276 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10277 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10278 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10282 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10283 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10284 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10285 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10289 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10290 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10291 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10292 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10296 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10297 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10298 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10299 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10303 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10304 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10305 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10306 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10310 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10311 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10312 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10313 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10317 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10318 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10319 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10320 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10324 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10325 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10326 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10327 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10332 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10333 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10334 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10338 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10339 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10340 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10341 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10345 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10346 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10347 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10348 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10352 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10353 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10354 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10355 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10360 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10361 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10362 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10366 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10367 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10368 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10369 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10373 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10374 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10375 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10376 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10380 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10381 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10382 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10383 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10387 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10388 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10389 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10390 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10395 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10396 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10397 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10402 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10403 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10404 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10408 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10409 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10410 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10411 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10415 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10416 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10417 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10418 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10423 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10424 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10425 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10429 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10430 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10431 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10432 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10438 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10439 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10441 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10442 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10448 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10451 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10455 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10462 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10464 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10466 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10469 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10470 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10473 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10474 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10475 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10481 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10483 switch (note
->type
)
10488 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10489 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10491 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10492 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10497 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10499 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10500 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10501 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10503 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10504 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10505 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10507 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10513 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10515 switch (note
->type
)
10518 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10526 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10530 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10533 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10538 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10546 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10547 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10552 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10553 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10557 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10561 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10562 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10563 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10566 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10568 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10571 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10574 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10575 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10578 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10579 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10585 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10591 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10592 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10593 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10597 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10601 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10602 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10609 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10612 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10613 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10616 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10617 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10618 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10620 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10625 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10629 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10632 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10633 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10634 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10635 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10638 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10640 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10643 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10644 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10647 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10648 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10651 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10652 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10653 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10657 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10659 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10661 switch (note
->type
)
10664 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10665 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10667 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10670 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10673 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10675 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10676 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10677 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10681 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10682 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10685 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10686 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10689 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10690 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10693 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10694 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10696 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10697 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10698 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10702 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10703 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10707 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10715 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10719 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10722 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10729 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10731 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10734 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10735 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10736 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10738 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10740 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10742 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10743 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10744 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10746 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10751 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10755 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10756 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10758 switch (note
->type
)
10760 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10761 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10762 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10763 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10764 creates a core file. */
10765 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10766 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10767 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10768 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10769 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10771 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10772 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10773 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10774 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10781 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10782 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10783 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10786 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10790 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10792 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10793 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10795 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10796 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10797 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10798 switch (note
->type
)
10800 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10801 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10803 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10804 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10810 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10811 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10812 structure which lacks GBR. */
10815 switch (note
->type
)
10817 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10818 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10820 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10821 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10827 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10828 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10831 switch (note
->type
)
10833 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10834 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10836 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10837 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10847 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10849 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10852 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10853 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10854 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10856 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10857 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10858 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10860 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10862 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10868 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10870 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10871 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10873 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10874 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10876 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10877 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10879 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10880 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10882 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10883 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10885 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10887 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10892 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10893 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10894 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10903 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10905 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10912 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10915 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10916 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10918 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10919 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10921 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10922 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10924 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10925 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10927 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10928 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10931 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10932 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10933 thread just in case. */
10934 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10935 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10937 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10938 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10940 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10943 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10945 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10949 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10950 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10951 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10953 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10957 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10958 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10966 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10967 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10969 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10972 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10974 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10978 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10979 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10980 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10982 /* This is the current thread. */
10983 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10984 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10989 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10990 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10991 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10992 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10995 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10997 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10998 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11000 static long tid
= 1;
11002 switch (note
->type
)
11004 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11005 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11006 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11007 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11008 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11009 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11010 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11011 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11018 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11024 /* Use note name as section name. */
11025 len
= note
->namesz
;
11026 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11029 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11030 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11032 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11036 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11037 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11038 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11043 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11046 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11050 size of data for note
11052 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11053 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11054 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11055 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11058 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11061 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11069 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11076 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11078 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11080 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11083 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11084 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11085 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11086 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11087 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11088 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11092 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11100 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11110 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11111 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11112 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11113 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11114 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11115 be NULL terminated.
11116 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11117 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11118 the finer control available with later versions.
11119 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11120 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11121 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11122 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11123 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11124 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11125 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11128 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11132 const char *psargs
)
11134 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11136 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11139 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11140 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11145 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11146 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11147 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11149 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11151 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11154 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11157 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11158 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11159 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11160 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11161 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11166 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11168 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11171 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11174 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11175 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11176 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11177 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11178 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11180 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11185 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11186 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11190 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11191 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11192 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11194 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11196 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11198 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11199 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11200 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11204 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11206 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11207 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11208 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11213 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11214 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11215 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11217 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11219 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11221 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11222 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11223 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11227 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11229 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11230 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11231 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11236 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11243 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11245 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11248 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11250 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11255 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11256 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11257 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11259 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11261 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11262 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11263 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11264 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11265 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11266 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11273 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11274 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11275 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11276 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11277 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11278 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11280 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11286 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11288 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11295 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11296 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11298 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11299 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11300 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11301 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11302 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11303 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11304 #if !defined(gregs)
11305 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11306 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11308 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11309 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11312 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11313 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11315 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11317 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11319 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11323 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11324 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11326 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11327 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11328 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11330 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11334 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11335 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11336 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11337 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11345 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11346 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11347 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11348 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11352 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11355 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11358 const void *fpregs
,
11361 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11362 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11363 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11367 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11370 const void *xfpregs
,
11373 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11374 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11375 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11379 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11380 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11383 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11384 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11386 note_name
= "LINUX";
11387 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11388 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11392 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11395 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11398 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11399 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11400 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11404 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11407 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11410 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11411 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11412 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11416 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11419 const void *ppc_tar
,
11422 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11423 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11424 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11428 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11431 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11434 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11435 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11436 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11440 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11443 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11446 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11447 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11448 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11452 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11455 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11458 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11459 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11460 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11464 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11467 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11470 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11471 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11472 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11476 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11479 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11482 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11483 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11484 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11488 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11491 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11494 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11495 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11496 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11500 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11503 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11506 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11507 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11508 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11512 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11515 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11518 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11519 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11520 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11524 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11527 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11530 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11531 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11532 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11536 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11539 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11542 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11543 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11544 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11548 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11551 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11554 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11555 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11556 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11560 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11563 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11566 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11567 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11568 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11572 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11575 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11578 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11579 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11580 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11581 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11585 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11588 const void *s390_timer
,
11591 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11592 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11593 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11597 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11600 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11603 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11604 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11605 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11609 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11612 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11615 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11616 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11617 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11621 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11624 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11627 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11628 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11629 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11633 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11636 const void *s390_prefix
,
11639 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11640 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11641 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11645 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11648 const void *s390_last_break
,
11651 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11652 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11653 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11654 s390_last_break
, size
);
11658 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11661 const void *s390_system_call
,
11664 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11665 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11666 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11667 s390_system_call
, size
);
11671 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11674 const void *s390_tdb
,
11677 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11678 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11679 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11683 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11686 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11689 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11690 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11691 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11695 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11698 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11701 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11702 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11703 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11704 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11708 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11711 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11714 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11715 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11716 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11721 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11724 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11727 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11728 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11729 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11734 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11737 const void *arm_vfp
,
11740 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11741 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11742 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11746 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11749 const void *aarch_tls
,
11752 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11753 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11754 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11758 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11761 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11764 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11765 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11766 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11770 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11773 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11776 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11777 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11778 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11782 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11785 const void *aarch_sve
,
11788 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11789 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11790 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11794 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11797 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11800 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11801 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11802 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11806 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11809 const char *section
,
11813 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11814 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11815 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11816 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11817 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11818 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11819 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11820 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11821 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11822 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11823 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11824 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11825 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11826 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11827 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11828 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11829 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11830 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11831 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11832 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11833 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11834 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11835 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11836 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11837 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11838 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11839 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11840 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11841 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11842 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11843 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11844 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11845 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11846 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11847 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11848 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11849 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11850 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11851 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11852 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11853 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11854 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11855 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11856 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11857 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11858 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11859 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11860 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11861 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11862 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11863 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11864 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11865 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11866 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11867 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11868 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11869 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11870 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11871 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11872 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11873 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11874 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11875 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11876 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11877 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11878 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11879 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11880 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11881 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11882 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11883 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11884 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11885 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11886 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11891 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11896 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11897 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11898 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11899 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11902 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11906 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11908 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11909 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11911 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11914 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11916 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11917 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11918 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11921 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11922 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11923 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11925 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11926 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11929 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11936 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11939 const char * string
;
11941 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11945 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11946 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11947 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11948 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11949 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11950 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11951 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11953 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11956 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11958 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11959 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11960 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11962 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11971 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11973 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11976 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11977 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11979 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11985 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11992 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11997 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12000 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12003 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12007 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12008 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12011 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12021 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12023 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12024 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12025 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12028 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12030 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12032 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12036 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12039 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12040 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12041 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12042 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12044 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12045 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12048 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12052 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12054 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12058 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12059 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12060 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12061 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12066 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12067 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12068 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12069 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12071 return reloc_class_normal
;
12074 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12075 relocation against a local symbol. */
12078 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12079 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12081 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12083 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12084 bfd_vma relocation
;
12086 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12087 + sec
->output_offset
12089 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12090 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12091 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12094 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12095 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12096 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12099 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12100 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12101 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12102 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12103 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12104 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12105 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12108 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12109 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12115 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12116 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12120 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12122 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12123 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12125 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12126 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12127 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12130 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12131 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12132 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12133 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12137 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12138 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12142 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12144 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12145 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12147 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12148 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12151 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12153 /* Reverse the offset. */
12154 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12155 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12157 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12158 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12159 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12160 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12166 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12167 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12168 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12169 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12170 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12171 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12173 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12174 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12175 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12176 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12177 the remote memory. */
12180 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12183 bfd_size_type size
,
12184 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12185 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12187 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12188 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12192 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12193 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12194 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12199 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12202 const char *relplt_name
;
12203 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12207 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12213 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12216 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12219 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12222 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12223 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12224 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12225 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12226 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12229 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12230 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12231 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12234 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12238 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12239 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12242 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12243 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12244 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12245 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12247 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12248 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12251 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12253 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12258 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12262 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12263 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12265 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12270 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12271 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12274 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12275 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12276 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12277 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12278 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12279 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12281 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12284 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12285 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12287 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12291 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12292 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12293 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12294 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12297 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12300 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12301 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12308 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12309 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12310 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12311 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12312 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12313 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12314 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12315 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12318 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12320 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12322 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12324 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12325 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12327 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12328 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12329 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12330 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12332 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12333 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12334 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12335 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12337 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12338 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12339 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12340 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12341 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12342 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12351 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12352 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12353 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12356 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12358 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12359 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12362 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12363 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12364 otherwise return zero. */
12367 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12370 bfd_size_type size
;
12372 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12373 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12374 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12377 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12379 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12380 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12386 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12387 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12389 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12390 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12391 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12393 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12396 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12397 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12399 unsigned int shindex
)
12401 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12402 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12405 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12406 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12408 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12409 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12412 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12415 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12417 asymbol
** symbols
)
12419 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12421 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12422 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12424 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12425 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12426 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12429 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12431 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12432 associated with SEC. */
12433 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12435 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12437 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12438 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12440 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12441 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12442 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12443 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12445 unsigned int entsize
;
12446 unsigned int symcount
;
12447 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12450 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12453 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12454 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12455 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12457 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12459 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12460 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12466 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12467 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12469 free (native_relocs
);
12470 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12475 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12476 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12478 free (native_relocs
);
12483 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12484 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12487 free (native_relocs
);
12488 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12489 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12494 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12496 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12497 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12499 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12502 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12504 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12506 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12507 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12508 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12509 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12510 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12511 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12513 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12515 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12517 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12518 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12519 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12520 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12522 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12525 /* xgettext:c-format */
12526 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12527 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12528 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12529 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12530 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12537 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12539 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12540 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12541 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12544 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12546 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12547 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12549 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12550 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12557 free (native_relocs
);
12558 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12559 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12566 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12569 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12570 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12571 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12577 if (isection
== NULL
)
12580 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12583 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12587 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12591 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
== NULL
);
12592 elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12593 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12594 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12595 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12597 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12599 /* xgettext:c-format */
12600 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12602 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12606 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12607 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12608 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12611 /* xgettext:c-format */
12612 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12618 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12620 if (isection
== NULL
12621 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12622 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12625 /* xgettext:c-format */
12626 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12632 osection
->sh_info
=
12633 elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12635 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12636 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12637 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12643 /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */
12646 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12648 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12649 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12651 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12652 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12657 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12658 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12659 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12662 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12664 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12665 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12666 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12668 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12669 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12671 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12672 associated with SEC. */
12673 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12675 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12676 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12678 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12679 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12681 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12683 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12685 arelent
* src_irel
;
12686 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12688 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12691 /* xgettext:c-format */
12692 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12694 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12699 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12700 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12703 /* xgettext:c-format */
12704 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12711 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12712 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12715 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12716 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12717 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12721 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12722 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12723 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12726 /* xgettext:c-format */
12727 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12734 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= hdr
->sh_entsize
)
12736 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12741 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12745 /* xgettext:c-format */
12746 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12747 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12748 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12753 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12755 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12760 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12762 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12766 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12770 /* xgettext:c-format */
12771 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12772 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12773 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12782 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12783 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12784 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12787 /* xgettext:c-format */
12788 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12789 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12790 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12796 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12797 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12800 /* xgettext:c-format */
12801 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12802 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12803 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12805 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12808 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12809 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12810 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);